blob: dfdc505b1adb9fcc300c90b2734fc3c0a32078cc [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b903402010-10-24 17:26:36 +000023#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000024#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000025#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000026#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000028#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000029#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000030#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000031#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +000032#include "CXXABI.h"
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000033
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000034using namespace clang;
35
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +000036unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
37unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +000038unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
39unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +000040unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
41unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +000042unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
44
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000045enum FloatingRank {
46 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
47};
48
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000049void
50ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
51 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
52 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
53 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
54 // FIXME: Parameter pack
55
56 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
57 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
58 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
59 PEnd = Params->end();
60 P != PEnd; ++P) {
61 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
62 ID.AddInteger(0);
63 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
64 continue;
65 }
66
67 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
68 ID.AddInteger(1);
69 // FIXME: Parameter pack
70 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr());
71 continue;
72 }
73
74 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
75 ID.AddInteger(2);
76 Profile(ID, TTP);
77 }
78}
79
80TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
81ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
82 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) {
83 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
84 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
85 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
86 void *InsertPos = 0;
87 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
88 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
89 if (Canonical)
90 return Canonical->getParam();
91
92 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
93 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
94 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
95 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
96 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
97 PEnd = Params->end();
98 P != PEnd; ++P) {
99 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
100 CanonParams.push_back(
101 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
102 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
103 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
104 TTP->isParameterPack()));
105 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
106 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P))
107 CanonParams.push_back(
108 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
109 SourceLocation(), NTTP->getDepth(),
110 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
111 getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()),
112 0));
113 else
114 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
115 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
116 }
117
118 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
119 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
120 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
121 TTP->getPosition(), 0,
122 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
123 SourceLocation(),
124 CanonParams.data(),
125 CanonParams.size(),
126 SourceLocation()));
127
128 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
129 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
130 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
131 (void)Canonical;
132
133 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
134 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
135 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
136 return CanonTTP;
137}
138
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000139CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000140 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
141
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000142 switch (T.getCXXABI()) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000143 case CXXABI_ARM:
144 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
145 case CXXABI_Itanium:
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000146 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000147 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
148 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
149 }
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000150 return 0;
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000151}
152
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000153ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar444be732009-11-13 05:51:54 +0000154 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000155 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000156 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000157 unsigned size_reserve) :
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +0000158 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
159 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis00611382010-07-04 21:44:19 +0000160 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), IsInt128Installed(false),
161 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000162 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +0000163 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
John McCallbf1a0282010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000164 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000165 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), ABI(createCXXABI(t)), Target(t),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000166 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Ted Kremenekac9590e2010-05-10 20:40:08 +0000167 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
168 DeclarationNames(*this),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9a44b5f2010-10-28 09:29:35 +0000169 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Ted Kremenekf057bf72010-06-18 00:31:04 +0000170 LastSDM(0, 0),
171 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0), UniqueBlockParmTypeID(0) {
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000172 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
173 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000174 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000175 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000176 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000177 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000178}
179
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000180ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000181 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
182 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
183 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000184
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000185 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
186 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
187 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000188
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000189 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
190 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
191 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
192 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
193 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000194
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000195 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000196 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
197 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
198 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
199 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
200 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
201 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
202 R->Destroy(*this);
203
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000204 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
205 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
206 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
207 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
208 R->Destroy(*this);
209 }
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000210
211 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
212 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
213 A != AEnd; ++A)
214 A->second->~AttrVec();
215}
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000216
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000217void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
218 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
219}
220
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000221void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000222ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
223 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
224}
225
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000226void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
227 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
228 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000229
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000230 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000231#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000232#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
233#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
234 0 // Extra
235 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000236
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000237 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
238 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000239 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000240 }
241
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000242 unsigned Idx = 0;
243 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
244#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
245 if (counts[Idx]) \
246 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
247 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
248 ++Idx;
249#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
250#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000251
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000252 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregored8abf12010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000253
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000254 // Implicit special member functions.
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000255 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit default constructors created\n",
256 NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared,
257 NumImplicitDefaultConstructors);
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000258 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy constructors created\n",
259 NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared,
260 NumImplicitCopyConstructors);
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000261 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy assignment operators created\n",
262 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared,
263 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators);
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000264 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit destructors created\n",
265 NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared, NumImplicitDestructors);
266
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000267 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
268 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
269 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
270 }
Douglas Gregored8abf12010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000271
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000272 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000273}
274
275
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000276void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000277 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000278 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000279 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000280}
281
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000282void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
283 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000284
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000285 // C99 6.2.5p19.
286 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000287
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000288 // C99 6.2.5p2.
289 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
290 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000291 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000292 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
293 else
294 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
295 // C99 6.2.5p4.
296 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
297 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
298 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
299 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
300 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000301
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000302 // C99 6.2.5p6.
303 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
304 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
305 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
306 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
307 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000308
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000309 // C99 6.2.5p10.
310 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
311 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
312 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000313
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000314 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
315 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
316 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
317
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000318 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
319 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
320 else // C99
321 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000322
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000323 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
324 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
325 else // C99
326 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
327
328 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
329 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
330 else // C99
331 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
332
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000333 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
334 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
335 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
336 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
337 // expressions.
338 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000339
John McCall2a984ca2010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000340 // Placeholder type for functions.
341 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
342
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000343 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlssone89d1592009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000344 // not yet been deduced.
John McCall2a984ca2010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000345 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000346
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000347 // C99 6.2.5p11.
348 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
349 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
350 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000351
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000352 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000353
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000354 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
355 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
356 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000357 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000358
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000359 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000360 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
361 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000362 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000363
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000364 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000365
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000366 // void * type
367 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000368
369 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
370 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000371}
372
Argyrios Kyrtzidis78a916e2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000373Diagnostic &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
374 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
375}
376
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000377AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
378 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
379 if (!Result) {
380 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
381 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
382 }
383
384 return *Result;
385}
386
387/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
388void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
389 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
390 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
391 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
392 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
393 }
394}
395
396
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000397MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000398ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000399 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000400 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000401 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
402 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
403 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000404
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000405 return Pos->second;
406}
407
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000408void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000409ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000410 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
411 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000412 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
413 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
414 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
415 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000416 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000417 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000418}
419
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000420NamedDecl *
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000421ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000422 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000423 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
424 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000425 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000426
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000427 return Pos->second;
428}
429
430void
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000431ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
432 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
433 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
434 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
435 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
436 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
437 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
438}
439
440UsingShadowDecl *
441ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
442 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
443 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
444 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
445 return 0;
446
447 return Pos->second;
448}
449
450void
451ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
452 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
453 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
454 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000455}
456
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000457FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
458 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
459 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
460 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
461 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000463 return Pos->second;
464}
465
466void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
467 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
468 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
469 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
470 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
471 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000472
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000473 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
474}
475
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000476ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
477ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
478 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
479 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
480 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
481 return 0;
482
483 return Pos->second.begin();
484}
485
486ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
487ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
488 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
489 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
490 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
491 return 0;
492
493 return Pos->second.end();
494}
495
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc91e9f42010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000496unsigned
497ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
498 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
499 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
500 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
501 return 0;
502
503 return Pos->second.size();
504}
505
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000506void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
507 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
508 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
509}
510
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000511//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
512// Type Sizing and Analysis
513//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000514
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000515/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
516/// scalar floating point type.
517const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000518 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000519 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
520 switch (BT->getKind()) {
521 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
522 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
523 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
524 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
525 }
526}
527
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000528/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000529/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
530/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000531/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
532/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000533CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) {
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000534 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
535
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000536 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
537 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
538 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000539
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000540 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
541 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
542 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
543 //
544 // It is an error for [[align]] to decrease alignment, so we can
545 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
546 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
547 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
548 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
549 } else {
550 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
551 }
552 }
553
554 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
555 // ignore type of value
556 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000557 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000558 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000559 if (RefAsPointee)
560 T = RT->getPointeeType();
561 else
562 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
563 }
564 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
Rafael Espindola6deecb02010-06-04 23:15:27 +0000565 unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth();
566 unsigned ArrayAlign = Target.getLargeArrayAlign();
567 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) && MinWidth != 0)
568 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
569 if (ConstantArrayType *CT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) {
570 unsigned Size = getTypeSize(CT);
571 if (MinWidth != 0 && MinWidth <= Size)
572 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
573 }
Anders Carlsson4cc2cfd2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000574 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000575 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
576 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
577
578 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
579 }
Charles Davis05f62472010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000580 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
581 // In the case of a field in a packed struct, we want the minimum
582 // of the alignment of the field and the alignment of the struct.
583 Align = std::min(Align,
584 getPreferredTypeAlign(FD->getParent()->getTypeForDecl()));
585 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000586 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000587
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000588 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align / Target.getCharWidth());
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000589}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000590
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000591std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
592ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) {
593 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
594 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.first / getCharWidth()),
595 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.second / getCharWidth()));
596}
597
598std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
599ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) {
600 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
601}
602
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000603/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
604/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000605///
606/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
607/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
608/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000609std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000610ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000611 uint64_t Width=0;
612 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000613 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000614#define TYPE(Class, Base)
615#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000616#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000617#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
618#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000619 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000620 break;
621
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000622 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
623 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000624 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
625 Width = 0;
626 Align = 32;
627 break;
628
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000629 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000630 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000631 Width = 0;
632 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
633 break;
634
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000635 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000636 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000637
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000638 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000639 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000640 Align = EltInfo.second;
641 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000642 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000643 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000644 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000645 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
646 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
647 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000648 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000649 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
650 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohman8eefcd32010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000651 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000652 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
653 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
654 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000655 break;
656 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000657
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000658 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000659 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000660 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000661 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000662 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
663 Width = 0;
664 Align = 8;
665 break;
666
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000667 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000668 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
669 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000670 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000671 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
672 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
673 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000674 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000675 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
676 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000677 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000678 case BuiltinType::WChar:
679 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
680 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
681 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000682 case BuiltinType::Char16:
683 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
684 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
685 break;
686 case BuiltinType::Char32:
687 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
688 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
689 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000690 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000691 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000692 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
693 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000694 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000695 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000696 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000697 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
698 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000699 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000700 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000701 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000702 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
703 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000704 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000705 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000706 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000707 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
708 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000709 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000710 case BuiltinType::Int128:
711 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
712 Width = 128;
713 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
714 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000715 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000716 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
717 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000718 break;
719 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000720 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
721 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000722 break;
723 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000724 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
725 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000726 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000727 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
728 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
729 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000730 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane04f5fc2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000731 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
732 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
733 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
734 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
735 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
736 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000737 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000738 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000739 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000740 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000741 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000742 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000743 case Type::BlockPointer: {
744 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
745 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
746 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
747 break;
748 }
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000749 case Type::LValueReference:
750 case Type::RValueReference: {
751 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
752 // the pointer route.
753 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
754 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
755 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
756 break;
757 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000758 case Type::Pointer: {
759 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000760 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000761 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
762 break;
763 }
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000764 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000765 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000766 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000767 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000768 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000769 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
770 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000771 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000772 case Type::Complex: {
773 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
774 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000775 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000776 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000777 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000778 Align = EltInfo.second;
779 break;
780 }
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000781 case Type::ObjCObject:
782 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000783 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000784 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000785 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
786 Width = Layout.getSize();
787 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
788 break;
789 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000790 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000791 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000792 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
793
794 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000795 Width = 1;
796 Align = 1;
797 break;
798 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000799
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000800 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000801 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
802
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000803 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000804 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
805 Width = Layout.getSize();
806 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000807 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000808 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000809
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000810 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000811 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
812 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000813
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000814 case Type::Typedef: {
815 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregordf1367a2010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000816 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
817 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
818 Align = std::max(Typedef->getMaxAlignment(), Info.second);
819 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000820 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000821 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000822
823 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
824 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
825 .getTypePtr());
826
827 case Type::TypeOf:
828 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
829
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000830 case Type::Decltype:
831 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
832 .getTypePtr());
833
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +0000834 case Type::Elaborated:
835 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000836
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000837 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000838 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000839 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
840 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
841 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
842 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
843 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
844 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000845
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000846 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000847 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000848}
849
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000850/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
851/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
852CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000853 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000854}
855CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000856 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000857}
858
Ken Dyck16e20cc2010-01-26 17:25:18 +0000859/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000860/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
861CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) {
862 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
863}
864CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) {
865 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
866}
867
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000868/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
869/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
870/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
871/// a data type.
872unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
873 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000874
875 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000876 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000877 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
878 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
879 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
880 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
881
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000882 return ABIAlign;
883}
884
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000885/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
886/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
887///
888void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000889 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000890 // FIXME. This need be removed but there are two many places which
891 // assume const-ness of ObjCInterfaceDecl
892 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
893 for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
894 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
895 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000896}
897
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000898/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
899/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
900/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
901/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
902/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000903///
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000904void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
905 bool leafClass,
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000906 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000907 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
908 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
909 if (!leafClass) {
910 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
911 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000912 Ivars.push_back(*I);
913 }
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000914 else
915 ShallowCollectObjCIvars(OI, Ivars);
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000916}
917
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000918/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
919/// those inherited by it.
920void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000921 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000922 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +0000923 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
924 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
925 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
926 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000927 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000928 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000929 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000930 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
931 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000932 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
933 }
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000934 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000935
936 // Categories of this Interface.
937 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
938 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
939 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
940 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
941 while (SD) {
942 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
943 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
944 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000945 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +0000946 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000947 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
948 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000949 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000950 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
951 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
952 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
953 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000954 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000955 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
956 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
957 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000958 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000959 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
960 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
961 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
962 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000963 }
964}
965
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000966unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
967 unsigned count = 0;
968 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian80aa1cd2010-06-22 23:20:40 +0000969 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
970 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000971 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
972
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000973 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
974 // includes synthesized ivars.
975 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000976 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
977
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000978 return count;
979}
980
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000981/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
982ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
983 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
984 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
985 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
986 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
987 return 0;
988}
989/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
990ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
991 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
992 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
993 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
994 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
995 return 0;
996}
997
998/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
999void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1000 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1001 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1002 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1003}
1004/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1005void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1006 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1007 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1008 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1009}
1010
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001011/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1012/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001013Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001014 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1015 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1016 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001017 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001018 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001019 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1020}
1021
1022/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1023void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1024 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001025 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1026 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001027 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1028}
1029
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001030/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001031///
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001032/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001033/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1034///
1035/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1036/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1037/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001038TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001039 unsigned DataSize) {
1040 if (!DataSize)
1041 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1042 else
1043 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001044 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001045
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001046 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1047 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1048 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1049 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001050}
1051
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001052TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001053 SourceLocation L) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001054 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001055 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
1056 return DI;
1057}
1058
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001059const ASTRecordLayout &
1060ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1061 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1062}
1063
1064const ASTRecordLayout &
1065ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
1066 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1067}
1068
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001069//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1070// Type creation/memoization methods
1071//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1072
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001073QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
1074 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
1075 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
1076
1077 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1078 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1079 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
1080 void *InsertPos = 0;
1081 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
1082 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
1083 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
1084 return T;
1085 }
1086
John McCall49f4e1c2010-12-10 11:01:00 +00001087 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001088 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1089 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
1090 return T;
1091}
1092
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00001093QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001094 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1095 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001096 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001097
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001098 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1099 // into one ExtQuals node.
1100 QualifierCollector Quals;
1101 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001102
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001103 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1104 // another one.
1105 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1106 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1107 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001108
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001109 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001110}
1111
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001112QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001113 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001114 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001115 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001116 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001117
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001118 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001119 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001120 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001121 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1122 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1123 }
1124 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001125
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001126 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1127 // into one ExtQuals node.
1128 QualifierCollector Quals;
1129 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001130
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001131 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1132 // another one.
1133 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1134 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1135 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001136
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001137 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001138}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001139
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001140static QualType getExtFunctionType(ASTContext& Context, QualType T,
1141 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001142 QualType ResultType;
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001143 if (const PointerType *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1144 QualType Pointee = Pointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001145 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001146 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1147 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001148
1149 ResultType = Context.getPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001150 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BlockPointer
1151 = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
1152 QualType Pointee = BlockPointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001153 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001154 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1155 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001156
1157 ResultType = Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregorafac01d2010-09-01 16:29:03 +00001158 } else if (const MemberPointerType *MemberPointer
1159 = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
1160 QualType Pointee = MemberPointer->getPointeeType();
1161 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
1162 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1163 return T;
1164
1165 ResultType = Context.getMemberPointerType(ResultType,
1166 MemberPointer->getClass());
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001167 } else if (const FunctionType *F = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001168 if (F->getExtInfo() == Info)
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001169 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001170
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001171 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(F)) {
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001172 ResultType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001173 Info);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001174 } else {
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001175 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001176 ResultType
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001177 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1178 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
1179 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
1180 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
1181 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
1182 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
1183 FPT->exception_begin(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001184 Info);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001185 }
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001186 } else
1187 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001188
1189 return Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
1190}
1191
1192QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T, bool AddNoReturn) {
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001193 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001194 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1195 Info.withNoReturn(AddNoReturn));
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001196}
1197
1198QualType ASTContext::getCallConvType(QualType T, CallingConv CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001199 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001200 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1201 Info.withCallingConv(CallConv));
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001202}
1203
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001204QualType ASTContext::getRegParmType(QualType T, unsigned RegParm) {
1205 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
1206 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1207 Info.withRegParm(RegParm));
1208}
1209
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001210/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1211/// number with the specified element type.
1212QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1213 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1214 // structure.
1215 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1216 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001217
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001218 void *InsertPos = 0;
1219 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1220 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001221
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001222 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1223 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1224 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001225 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001226 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001227
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001228 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1229 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001230 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001231 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001232 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001233 Types.push_back(New);
1234 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1235 return QualType(New, 0);
1236}
1237
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001238/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1239/// the specified type.
1240QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
1241 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1242 // structure.
1243 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1244 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001245
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001246 void *InsertPos = 0;
1247 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1248 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001249
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001250 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1251 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1252 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001253 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001254 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001255
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001256 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1257 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001258 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001259 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001260 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001261 Types.push_back(New);
1262 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1263 return QualType(New, 0);
1264}
1265
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001266/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001267/// a pointer to the specified block.
1268QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001269 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1270 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001271 // structure.
1272 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1273 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001274
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001275 void *InsertPos = 0;
1276 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1277 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1278 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001279
1280 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001281 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1282 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001283 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001284 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001285
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001286 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1287 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1288 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001289 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001290 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001291 BlockPointerType *New
1292 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001293 Types.push_back(New);
1294 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1295 return QualType(New, 0);
1296}
1297
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001298/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1299/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001300QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001301 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1302 // structure.
1303 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001304 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001305
1306 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001307 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1308 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001309 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001310
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001311 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1312
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001313 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1314 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1315 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001316 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1317 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1318 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001319
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001320 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001321 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1322 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001323 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001324 }
1325
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001326 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001327 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1328 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001329 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001330 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001331
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001332 return QualType(New, 0);
1333}
1334
1335/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1336/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1337QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1338 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1339 // structure.
1340 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001341 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001342
1343 void *InsertPos = 0;
1344 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1345 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1346 return QualType(RT, 0);
1347
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001348 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1349
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001350 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1351 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1352 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001353 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1354 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1355 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001356
1357 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1358 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1359 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1360 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1361 }
1362
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001363 RValueReferenceType *New
1364 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001365 Types.push_back(New);
1366 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001367 return QualType(New, 0);
1368}
1369
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001370/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1371/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001372QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001373 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1374 // structure.
1375 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1376 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1377
1378 void *InsertPos = 0;
1379 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1380 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1381 return QualType(PT, 0);
1382
1383 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1384 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1385 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001386 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001387 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1388
1389 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1390 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1391 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1392 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1393 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001394 MemberPointerType *New
1395 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001396 Types.push_back(New);
1397 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1398 return QualType(New, 0);
1399}
1400
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001401/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001402/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001403QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001404 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001405 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1406 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001407 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1408 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001409 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1410
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001411 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1412 // the target.
1413 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00001414 ArySize =
1415 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001416
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001417 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001418 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001419
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001420 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001421 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001422 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001423 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001424
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001425 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1426 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1427 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001428 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001429 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001430 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001431 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001432 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001433 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001434 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001435 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001436
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001437 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1438 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001439 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001440 Types.push_back(New);
1441 return QualType(New, 0);
1442}
1443
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001444/// getIncompleteArrayType - Returns a unique reference to the type for a
1445/// incomplete array of the specified element type.
1446QualType ASTContext::getUnknownSizeVariableArrayType(QualType Ty) {
1447 QualType ElemTy = getBaseElementType(Ty);
1448 DeclarationName Name;
1449 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ATypes;
1450 QualType ATy = Ty;
1451 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ATy)) {
1452 ATypes.push_back(ATy);
1453 ATy = AT->getElementType();
1454 }
1455 for (int i = ATypes.size() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
1456 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = getAsVariableArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1457 ElemTy = getVariableArrayType(ElemTy, /*ArraySize*/0, ArrayType::Star,
1458 0, VAT->getBracketsRange());
1459 }
1460 else if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = getAsConstantArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1461 llvm::APSInt ConstVal(CAT->getSize());
1462 ElemTy = getConstantArrayType(ElemTy, ConstVal, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1463 }
1464 else if (getAsIncompleteArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1465 ElemTy = getVariableArrayType(ElemTy, /*ArraySize*/0, ArrayType::Normal,
1466 0, SourceRange());
1467 }
1468 else
1469 assert(false && "DependentArrayType is seen");
1470 }
1471 return ElemTy;
1472}
1473
1474/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Returns a vla type where known sizes
1475/// are replaced with [*]
1476QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
1477 if (Ty->isPointerType()) {
1478 QualType BaseType = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1479 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(BaseType)) {
1480 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(BaseType);
1481 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
1482 if (VAT->getSizeExpr()) {
1483 Ty = getUnknownSizeVariableArrayType(BaseType);
1484 Ty = getPointerType(Ty);
1485 }
1486 }
1487 }
1488 return Ty;
1489}
1490
1491
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001492/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1493/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001494QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1495 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001496 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001497 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1498 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001499 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1500 // that have an expression provided for their size.
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001501 QualType CanonType;
1502
1503 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001504 CanonType = getVariableArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), NumElts, ASM,
1505 EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
1506 }
1507
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001508 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001509 VariableArrayType(EltTy, CanonType, NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001510
1511 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1512 Types.push_back(New);
1513 return QualType(New, 0);
1514}
1515
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001516/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1517/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001518/// type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001519QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1520 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001521 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001522 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1523 SourceRange Brackets) {
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001524 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() ||
1525 NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001526 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1527
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001528 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001529 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001530 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001531
Douglas Gregor32adc8b2010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001532 QualType CanonicalEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001533 if (NumElts) {
1534 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified
1535 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an
1536 // initializer.
Douglas Gregor32adc8b2010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001537 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, CanonicalEltTy, ASM,
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001538 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
1539
1540 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1541 }
1542
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001543 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1544 if (Canon) {
1545 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1546 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001547 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1548 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1549 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor32adc8b2010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001550 } else if (CanonicalEltTy == EltTy) {
1551 // This is a canonical type. Record it.
1552 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1553 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1554 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
1555
1556 if (NumElts) {
1557#ifndef NDEBUG
1558 DependentSizedArrayType *CanonCheck
1559 = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1560 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized canonical array type broken");
1561 (void)CanonCheck;
1562#endif
1563 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001564 }
Douglas Gregor32adc8b2010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001565 } else {
1566 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonicalEltTy, NumElts,
1567 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1568 SourceRange());
1569 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1570 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1571 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001572 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001573
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001574 Types.push_back(New);
1575 return QualType(New, 0);
1576}
1577
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001578QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1579 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1580 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1581 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001582 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001583
1584 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001585 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001586 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1587 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1588
1589 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1590 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1591 QualType Canonical;
1592
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001593 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001594 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001595 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001596
1597 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1598 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1599 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001600 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001601 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001602
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001603 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1604 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001605
1606 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1607 Types.push_back(New);
1608 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001609}
1610
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001611/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1612/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001613QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001614 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00001615 BuiltinType *BaseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001616
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00001617 BaseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
1618 assert(BaseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001619
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001620 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1621 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001622 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001623
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001624 void *InsertPos = 0;
1625 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1626 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1627
1628 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1629 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1630 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00001631 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson231da7e2010-11-16 00:32:20 +00001632 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001633
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001634 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1635 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001636 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001637 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001638 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001639 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001640 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1641 Types.push_back(New);
1642 return QualType(New, 0);
1643}
1644
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001645/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001646/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001647QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001648 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001649
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001650 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001651 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001652
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001653 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1654 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001655 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001656 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001657 void *InsertPos = 0;
1658 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1659 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1660
1661 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1662 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1663 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001664 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001665 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001666
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001667 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1668 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001669 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001670 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001671 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1672 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001673 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1674 Types.push_back(New);
1675 return QualType(New, 0);
1676}
1677
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001678QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001679 Expr *SizeExpr,
1680 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001681 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001682 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001683 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001684
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001685 void *InsertPos = 0;
1686 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1687 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1688 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1689 if (Canon) {
1690 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1691 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001692 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1693 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1694 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001695 } else {
1696 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1697 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001698 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1699 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1700 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001701
1702 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1703 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1704 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1705 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001706 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1707 } else {
1708 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1709 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001710 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1711 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001712 }
1713 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001714
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001715 Types.push_back(New);
1716 return QualType(New, 0);
1717}
1718
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001719/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001720///
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001721QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1722 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
1723 const CallingConv CallConv = Info.getCC();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001724 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1725 // structure.
1726 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001727 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001728
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001729 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001730 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001731 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001732 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001733
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001734 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001735 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001736 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001737 Canonical =
1738 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1739 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001740
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001741 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001742 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1743 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001744 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001745 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001746
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001747 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001748 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001749 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001750 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001751 return QualType(New, 0);
1752}
1753
1754/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1755/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00001756QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis971c4fa2008-10-24 21:46:40 +00001757 unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001758 unsigned TypeQuals, bool hasExceptionSpec,
1759 bool hasAnyExceptionSpec, unsigned NumExs,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001760 const QualType *ExArray,
1761 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
Douglas Gregordab60ad2010-10-01 18:44:50 +00001762
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001763 const CallingConv CallConv= Info.getCC();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001764 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1765 // structure.
1766 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001767 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001768 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001769 NumExs, ExArray, Info);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001770
1771 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001772 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001773 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001774 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001775
1776 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001777 bool isCanonical = !hasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001778 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001779 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001780 isCanonical = false;
1781
1782 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001783 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001784 QualType Canonical;
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001785 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001786 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
1787 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1788 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001789 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001790
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001791 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001792 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor47259d92009-08-05 19:03:35 +00001793 isVariadic, TypeQuals, false,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001794 false, 0, 0,
1795 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001796
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001797 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001798 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1799 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001800 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001801 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001802
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001803 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001804 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1805 // end of them.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001806 FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001807 (FunctionProtoType*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1808 NumArgs*sizeof(QualType) +
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001809 NumExs*sizeof(QualType), TypeAlignment);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001810 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001811 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001812 ExArray, NumExs, Canonical, Info);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001813 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001814 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001815 return QualType(FTP, 0);
1816}
1817
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001818#ifndef NDEBUG
1819static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
1820 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
1821 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
1822 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1823 return true;
1824 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
1825 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1826 return true;
1827 return false;
1828}
1829#endif
1830
1831/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
1832/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
1833QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
1834 QualType TST) {
1835 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
1836 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
1837 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis37ffed32010-07-02 11:55:32 +00001838 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001839 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
1840 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
1841 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
1842 } else {
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001843 Decl->TypeForDecl =
1844 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001845 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1846 }
1847 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1848}
1849
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001850/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1851/// specified type declaration.
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001852QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001853 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001854 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001855
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001856 if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001857 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001858
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001859 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
1860 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
1861
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001862 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001863 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1864 "struct/union has previous declaration");
1865 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001866 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001867 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001868 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1869 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001870 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001871 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001872 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
1873 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001874 } else
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001875 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001876
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001877 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001878 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001879}
1880
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001881/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1882/// specified typename decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001883QualType
1884ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefDecl *Decl, QualType Canonical) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001885 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001886
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001887 if (Canonical.isNull())
1888 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001889 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1890 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001891 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1892 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1893}
1894
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001895QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) {
1896 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1897
1898 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1899 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1900 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1901
1902 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
1903 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1904 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1905}
1906
1907QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) {
1908 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1909
1910 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1911 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1912 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1913
1914 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
1915 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1916 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1917}
1918
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001919/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1920QualType
1921ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1922 QualType Replacement) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001923 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001924 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1925
1926 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1927 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1928 void *InsertPos = 0;
1929 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1930 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1931
1932 if (!SubstParm) {
1933 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1934 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1935 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1936 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1937 }
1938
1939 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1940}
1941
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001942/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001943/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001944/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001945QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001946 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001947 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001948 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001949 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001950 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001951 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001952 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1953
1954 if (TypeParm)
1955 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001956
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001957 if (Name) {
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001958 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001959 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1960 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001961
1962 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
1963 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1964 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
1965 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001966 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001967 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1968 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001969
1970 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1971 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1972
1973 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1974}
1975
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001976TypeSourceInfo *
1977ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
1978 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1979 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
1980 QualType CanonType) {
1981 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType);
1982
1983 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
1984 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
1985 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
1986 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
1987 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
1988 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
1989 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
1990 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
1991 return DI;
1992}
1993
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001994QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001995ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001996 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
John McCall71d74bc2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00001997 QualType Canon) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001998 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
1999
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002000 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
2001 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
2002 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
2003 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
2004
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002005 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
John McCall71d74bc2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00002006 Canon);
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002007}
2008
2009QualType
2010ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002011 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2012 unsigned NumArgs,
John McCall71d74bc2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00002013 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00002014 if (!Canon.isNull())
2015 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002016 else
2017 Canon = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00002018
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002019 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
2020 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
2021 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002022 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor40808ce2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00002023 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002024 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002025 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002026 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002027 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00002028 Canon);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002029
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002030 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002031 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002032}
2033
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002034QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002035ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
2036 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2037 unsigned NumArgs) {
2038 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
2039 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
2040 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
2041 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2042 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2043 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
2044
2045 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
2046 // exists.
2047 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2048 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
2049 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
2050
2051 void *InsertPos = 0;
2052 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
2053 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2054
2055 if (!Spec) {
2056 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
2057 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2058 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2059 TypeAlignment);
2060 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
2061 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
2062 QualType());
2063 Types.push_back(Spec);
2064 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
2065 }
2066
2067 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
2068 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
2069 return QualType(Spec, 0);
2070}
2071
2072QualType
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002073ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2074 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2075 QualType NamedType) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002076 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002077 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002078
2079 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002080 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002081 if (T)
2082 return QualType(T, 0);
2083
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002084 QualType Canon = NamedType;
2085 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2086 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002087 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2088 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002089 (void)CheckT;
2090 }
2091
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002092 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002093 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002094 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002095 return QualType(T, 0);
2096}
2097
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002098QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2099 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2100 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2101 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002102 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2103
2104 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2105 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002106 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2107 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2108 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2109
2110 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2111 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002112 }
2113
2114 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002115 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002116
2117 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002118 DependentNameType *T
2119 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002120 if (T)
2121 return QualType(T, 0);
2122
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002123 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002124 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002125 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002126 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002127}
2128
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002129QualType
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002130ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2131 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002132 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002133 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2134 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) {
2135 // TODO: avoid this copy
2136 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
2137 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2138 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2139 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2140 ArgCopy.size(),
2141 ArgCopy.data());
2142}
2143
2144QualType
2145ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2146 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2147 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2148 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2149 unsigned NumArgs,
2150 const TemplateArgument *Args) {
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002151 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2152
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002153 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002154 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2155 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002156
2157 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002158 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2159 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002160 if (T)
2161 return QualType(T, 0);
2162
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002163 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002164
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002165 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2166 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2167
2168 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
2169 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
2170 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2171 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2172 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2173 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002174 }
2175
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002176 QualType Canon;
2177 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2178 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2179 Name, NumArgs,
2180 CanonArgs.data());
2181
2182 // Find the insert position again.
2183 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2184 }
2185
2186 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2187 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2188 TypeAlignment);
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002189 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002190 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002191 Types.push_back(T);
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002192 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002193 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002194}
2195
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002196/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2197/// alphabetically.
2198static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2199 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002200 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002201}
2202
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002203static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002204 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2205 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2206
2207 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2208 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2209 return false;
2210 return true;
2211}
2212
2213static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002214 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2215 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002216
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002217 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2218 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2219
2220 // Remove duplicates.
2221 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2222 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2223}
2224
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002225QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2226 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
2227 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2228 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2229 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2230 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2231 return BaseType;
2232
2233 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002234 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002235 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002236 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002237 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2238 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002239
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002240 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2241 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002242 QualType Canonical;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002243 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2244 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2245 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002246 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
2247 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002248 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2249
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002250 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002251 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2252 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002253 } else {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002254 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2255 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002256 }
2257
2258 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002259 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2260 }
2261
2262 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2263 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2264 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2265 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2266 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2267
2268 Types.push_back(T);
2269 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2270 return QualType(T, 0);
2271}
2272
2273/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2274/// the given object type.
2275QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) {
2276 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2277 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2278
2279 void *InsertPos = 0;
2280 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2281 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2282 return QualType(QT, 0);
2283
2284 // Find the canonical object type.
2285 QualType Canonical;
2286 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2287 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2288
2289 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002290 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2291 }
2292
Douglas Gregorfd6a0882010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002293 // No match.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002294 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2295 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2296 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002297
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002298 Types.push_back(QType);
2299 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002300 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002301}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002302
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002303/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2304/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
2305QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
2306 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2307 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002308
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002309 // FIXME: redeclarations?
2310 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2311 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2312 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2313 Types.push_back(T);
2314 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002315}
2316
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002317/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2318/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002319/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002320/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002321/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002322QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002323 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002324 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2325 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2326 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002327
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002328 void *InsertPos = 0;
2329 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2330 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2331 if (Canon) {
2332 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2333 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002334 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002335 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2336 }
2337 else {
2338 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002339 Canon
2340 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002341 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2342 toe = Canon;
2343 }
2344 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002345 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002346 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002347 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002348 Types.push_back(toe);
2349 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002350}
2351
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002352/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2353/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2354/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002355/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002356/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002357QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002358 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002359 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002360 Types.push_back(tot);
2361 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002362}
2363
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002364/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2365/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2366static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002367 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2368 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002369
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002370 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2371 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2372 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2373 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2374 return VD->getType();
2375 }
2376 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2377 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2378 return FD->getType();
2379 }
2380 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2381 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2382 // return type of that function.
2383 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2384 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002385
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002386 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002387
2388 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002389 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
John McCall7eb0a9e2010-11-24 05:12:34 +00002390 if (e->isLValue())
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002391 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002392
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002393 return T;
2394}
2395
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002396/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2397/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2398/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002399/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002400/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2401QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002402 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002403 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2404 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2405 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002406
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002407 void *InsertPos = 0;
2408 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2409 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2410 if (Canon) {
2411 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2412 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002413 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002414 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2415 }
2416 else {
2417 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002418 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002419 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2420 dt = Canon;
2421 }
2422 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002423 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002424 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002425 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002426 Types.push_back(dt);
2427 return QualType(dt, 0);
2428}
2429
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002430/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2431/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002432QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002433 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002434 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2435 // away const? mutable?
2436 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002437}
2438
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002439/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2440/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2441/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlssona3ccda52009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002442CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002443 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002444}
2445
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002446/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2447/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2448QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2449 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2450 return WCharTy;
2451}
2452
2453/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2454/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2455QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2456 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2457 return UnsignedIntTy;
2458}
2459
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002460/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2461/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2462QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002463 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002464}
2465
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002466//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2467// Type Operators
2468//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2469
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002470CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2471 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2472 // qualifiers.
2473 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002474 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002475 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002476 QualType Result;
2477 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2478 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2479 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2480 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2481 } else {
2482 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2483 }
2484
2485 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2486}
2487
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002488/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2489/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2490/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2491/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2492/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2493/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002494CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002495 QualifierCollector Quals;
2496 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2497 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002498
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002499 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2500 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2501
2502 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2503 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002504 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002505
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002506 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2507 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2508 // type.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002509 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2510 if (!AT)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002511 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002512
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002513 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2514 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002515 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002516 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002517
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002518 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002519 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2520 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2521 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002522 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002523 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002524 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2525 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002526 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002527
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002528 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002529 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2530 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002531 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002532 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002533 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor87a924e2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002534 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002535
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002536 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002537 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002538 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002539 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002540 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002541 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002542}
2543
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002544QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType T,
2545 Qualifiers &Quals) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002546 Quals = T.getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002547 const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(T);
2548 if (!AT) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002549 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002550 }
2551
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002552 QualType Elt = AT->getElementType();
Zhongxing Xuc1ae0a82010-01-05 08:15:06 +00002553 QualType UnqualElt = getUnqualifiedArrayType(Elt, Quals);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002554 if (Elt == UnqualElt)
2555 return T;
2556
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002557 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002558 return getConstantArrayType(UnqualElt, CAT->getSize(),
2559 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2560 }
2561
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002562 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002563 return getIncompleteArrayType(UnqualElt, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2564 }
2565
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002566 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
2567 return getVariableArrayType(UnqualElt,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002568 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002569 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
2570 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2571 VAT->getBracketsRange());
2572 }
2573
2574 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002575 return getDependentSizedArrayType(UnqualElt, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002576 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2577 SourceRange());
2578}
2579
Douglas Gregor5a57efd2010-06-09 03:53:18 +00002580/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
2581/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
2582/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
2583/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
2584/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
2585/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
2586/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
2587/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
2588bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
2589 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
2590 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
2591 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
2592 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
2593 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
2594 return true;
2595 }
2596
2597 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
2598 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2599 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
2600 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
2601 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
2602 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
2603 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
2604 return true;
2605 }
2606
2607 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
2608 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
2609 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
2610 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
2611 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
2612 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
2613 return true;
2614 }
2615 }
2616
2617 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
2618
2619 return false;
2620}
2621
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002622DeclarationNameInfo ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
2623 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002624 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002625 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2626 return DeclarationNameInfo(TD->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
2627
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002628 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002629 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002630 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002631 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2632 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002633 } else {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002634 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2635 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
2636 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
2637 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2638 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2639 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002640 }
2641 }
2642
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002643 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2644 assert(Storage);
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002645 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2646 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002647}
2648
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002649TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002650 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2651 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
2652 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
2653 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
2654
2655 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002656 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002657 }
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002658
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002659 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002660
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002661 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2662 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2663 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2664}
2665
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002666bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2667 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2668 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2669 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2670}
2671
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002672TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002673ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2674 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2675 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2676 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002677
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002678 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002679 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002680
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002681 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002682 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002683
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002684 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2685 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2686
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002687 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002688 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002689 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002690
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002691 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002692 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002693
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002694 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00002695 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
2696 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002697 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002698 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002699 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2700 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2701 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002702
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00002703 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002704 }
2705 }
2706
2707 // Silence GCC warning
2708 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2709 return TemplateArgument();
2710}
2711
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002712NestedNameSpecifier *
2713ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002714 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002715 return 0;
2716
2717 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2718 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2719 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002720 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002721 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2722 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2723
2724 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2725 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2726 // this namespace and no prefix.
2727 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2728
2729 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2730 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2731 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00002732
2733 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
2734 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
2735 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
2736 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
2737 // types, e.g.,
2738 // typedef typename T::type T1;
2739 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
2740 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) {
2741 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
2742 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DNT->getQualifier());
2743 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, Prefix,
2744 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
2745 }
2746
Douglas Gregor643f8432010-11-04 00:14:23 +00002747 // Do the same thing as above, but with dependent-named specializations.
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00002748 if (const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *DTST
2749 = T->getAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>()) {
2750 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
2751 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DTST->getQualifier());
2752 TemplateName Name
2753 = getDependentTemplateName(Prefix, DTST->getIdentifier());
2754 T = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name,
2755 DTST->getArgs(), DTST->getNumArgs());
2756 T = getCanonicalType(T);
2757 }
2758
2759 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, T.getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002760 }
2761
2762 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2763 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2764 return NNS;
2765 }
2766
2767 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2768 return 0;
2769}
2770
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002771
2772const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2773 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002774 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002775 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2776 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2777 return AT;
2778 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002779
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002780 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002781 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002782 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002783 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002784
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002785 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002786 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2787 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002788
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002789 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2790 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002791 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002792
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002793 QualifierCollector Qs;
John McCall49f4e1c2010-12-10 11:01:00 +00002794 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType(*this));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002795
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002796 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2797 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002798 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002799 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002800
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002801 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2802 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2803 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2804 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002805 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002806
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002807 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2808 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2809 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002810 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002811 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2812 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2813 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002814 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002815
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002816 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002817 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2818 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002819 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002820 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002821 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002822 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002823 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002824
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002825 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002826 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002827 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002828 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002829 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002830 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002831}
2832
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002833/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2834/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2835/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2836/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2837///
2838/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2839QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002840 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2841 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2842 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2843 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2844 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2845 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002846
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002847 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002848
2849 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002850 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002851}
2852
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002853QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002854 QualifierCollector Qs;
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002855 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(Qs.strip(QT), 0)))
2856 QT = AT->getElementType();
John McCall49f4e1c2010-12-10 11:01:00 +00002857 return Qs.apply(*this, QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002858}
2859
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002860QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2861 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002862
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002863 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2864 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002865
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002866 return ElemTy;
2867}
2868
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002869/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002870uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002871ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2872 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2873 do {
2874 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2875 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2876 } while (CA);
2877 return ElementCount;
2878}
2879
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002880/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2881/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002882static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002883 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002884 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002885
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002886 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2887 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002888 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002889 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2890 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2891 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
2892 }
2893}
2894
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002895/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2896/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002897/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2898/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002899QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2900 QualType Domain) const {
2901 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2902 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2903 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002904 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002905 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2906 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2907 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2908 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002909 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002910
2911 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2912 switch (EltRank) {
2913 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2914 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2915 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2916 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002917 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002918}
2919
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002920/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2921/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2922/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002923/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002924int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2925 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2926 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002927
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002928 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002929 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002930 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002931 return 1;
2932 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002933}
2934
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002935/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2936/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2937/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002938unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002939 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002940 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002941 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002942
Eli Friedmana3426752009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002943 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2944 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2945
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002946 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2947 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2948
2949 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2950 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2951
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002952 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002953 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2954 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002955 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002956 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2957 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2958 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2959 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002960 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002961 case BuiltinType::Short:
2962 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002963 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002964 case BuiltinType::Int:
2965 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002966 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002967 case BuiltinType::Long:
2968 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002969 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002970 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2971 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002972 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00002973 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2974 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2975 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002976 }
2977}
2978
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002979/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
2980/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
2981///
2982/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
2983/// promotion occurs.
2984QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
Douglas Gregorceafbde2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00002985 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
2986 return QualType();
2987
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002988 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
2989 if (!Field)
2990 return QualType();
2991
2992 QualType FT = Field->getType();
2993
2994 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
2995 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
2996 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2997 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
2998 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
2999 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
3000 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
3001 return IntTy;
3002
3003 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
3004 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3005
3006 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
3007 // like the base type.
3008 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
3009 // is ridiculous.
3010 return QualType();
3011}
3012
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003013/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
3014/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
3015/// integer type.
3016QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
3017 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
3018 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003019 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
3020 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003021 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
3022 return IntTy;
3023 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
3024 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3025 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
3026 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3027}
3028
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003029/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003030/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003031/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003032int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003033 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
3034 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003035 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003036
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003037 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3038 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003039
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003040 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
3041 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003042
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003043 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
3044 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
3045 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
3046 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003047
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003048 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
3049 if (LHSUnsigned) {
3050 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
3051 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
3052 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003053
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003054 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3055 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003056 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003057 return -1;
3058 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003059
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003060 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
3061 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
3062 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003063
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003064 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3065 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003066 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003067 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003068}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003069
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003070static RecordDecl *
3071CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
3072 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
3073 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3074 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
3075 else
3076 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
3077}
3078
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003079// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003080QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
3081 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003082 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003083 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003084 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003085 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003086
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003087 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003088
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003089 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003090 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003091 // int flags;
3092 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003093 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003094 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003095 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003096 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
3097
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003098 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003099 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003100 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003101 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003102 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003103 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003104 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003105 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003106 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003107 }
3108
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003109 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003110 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003111
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003112 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00003113}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003114
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003115void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003116 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003117 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3118 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3119}
3120
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003121// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings.
3122QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() {
3123 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) {
3124 NSConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003125 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003126 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString"));
3127 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
3128
3129 QualType FieldTypes[3];
3130
3131 // const int *isa;
3132 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
3133 // const char *str;
3134 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
3135 // unsigned int length;
3136 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy;
3137
3138 // Create fields
3139 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
3140 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl,
3141 SourceLocation(), 0,
3142 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
3143 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3144 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003145 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003146 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
3147 }
3148
3149 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
3150 }
3151
3152 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl);
3153}
3154
3155void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) {
3156 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3157 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType");
3158 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3159}
3160
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003161QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003162 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003163 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003164 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003165 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003166 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003167
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003168 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3169 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003170 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003171 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
3172 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
3173 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
3174 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003175
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003176 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003177 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3178 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
3179 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003180 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003181 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003182 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003183 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003184 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003185 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003186
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003187 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003188 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003189
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003190 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
3191}
3192
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003193QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
3194 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3195 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3196
3197 RecordDecl *T;
3198 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003199 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003200 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003201 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003202
3203 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3204 UnsignedLongTy,
3205 UnsignedLongTy,
3206 };
3207
3208 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3209 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003210 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003211 };
3212
3213 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
3214 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3215 T,
3216 SourceLocation(),
3217 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003218 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003219 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3220 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003221 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003222 T->addDecl(Field);
3223 }
3224
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003225 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003226
3227 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3228
3229 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3230}
3231
3232void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
3233 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3234 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3235 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
3236}
3237
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003238QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
3239 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3240 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3241
3242 RecordDecl *T;
3243 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003244 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003245 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003246 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003247
3248 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3249 UnsignedLongTy,
3250 UnsignedLongTy,
3251 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3252 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3253 };
3254
3255 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3256 "reserved",
3257 "Size",
3258 "CopyFuncPtr",
3259 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3260 };
3261
3262 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
3263 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3264 T,
3265 SourceLocation(),
3266 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003267 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003268 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3269 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003270 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003271 T->addDecl(Field);
3272 }
3273
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003274 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003275
3276 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3277
3278 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3279}
3280
3281void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3282 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3283 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3284 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3285}
3286
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003287bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
3288 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3289 return true;
3290 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3291 return true;
3292 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3293 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniane38be612010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003294 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3295 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3296 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
3297 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor(*this);
3298
3299 }
3300 }
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003301 return false;
3302}
3303
Daniel Dunbar4087f272010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003304QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(llvm::StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003305 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003306 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003307 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003308 // unsigned int __flags;
3309 // unsigned int __size;
Eli Friedmana7e68452010-08-22 01:00:03 +00003310 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3311 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003312 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003313 // } *
3314
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003315 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3316
3317 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003318 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3319 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3320 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003321 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003322 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003323 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003324 T->startDefinition();
3325 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3326 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3327 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3328 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3329 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3330 Int32Ty,
3331 Int32Ty,
3332 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3333 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3334 Ty
3335 };
3336
Daniel Dunbar4087f272010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003337 llvm::StringRef FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003338 "__isa",
3339 "__forwarding",
3340 "__flags",
3341 "__size",
3342 "__copy_helper",
3343 "__destroy_helper",
3344 DeclName,
3345 };
3346
3347 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3348 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3349 continue;
3350 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3351 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003352 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003353 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003354 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003355 T->addDecl(Field);
3356 }
3357
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003358 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003359
3360 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003361}
3362
3363
3364QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003365 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003366 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const Expr *> &Layout) {
3367
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003368 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003369 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3370 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
3371 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003372 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003373 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003374 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003375 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003376 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3377 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3378 IntTy,
3379 IntTy,
3380 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003381 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3382 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3383 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003384 };
3385
3386 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3387 "__isa",
3388 "__flags",
3389 "__reserved",
3390 "__FuncPtr",
3391 "__descriptor"
3392 };
3393
3394 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003395 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003396 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003397 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003398 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003399 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003400 T->addDecl(Field);
3401 }
3402
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003403 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Layout.size(); ++i) {
3404 const Expr *E = Layout[i];
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003405
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003406 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3407 IdentifierInfo *FieldName = 0;
3408 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
3409 FieldName = &Idents.get("this");
3410 } else if (const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3411 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3412 FieldName = D->getIdentifier();
3413 if (BDRE->isByRef())
Daniel Dunbar4087f272010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003414 FieldType = BuildByRefType(D->getName(), FieldType);
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003415 } else {
3416 // Padding.
3417 assert(isa<ConstantArrayType>(FieldType) &&
3418 isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) &&
3419 !cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl()->getDeclName() &&
3420 "doesn't match characteristics of padding decl");
3421 }
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003422
3423 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003424 FieldName, FieldType, /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003425 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003426 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003427 T->addDecl(Field);
3428 }
3429
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003430 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003431
3432 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003433}
3434
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003435void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003436 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003437 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3438 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3439}
3440
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003441// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3442// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003443static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003444 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003445 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3446 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003447
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003448 return false;
3449}
3450
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003451/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003452/// purpose.
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003453CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003454 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003455
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003456 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregor2ade35e2010-06-16 00:17:44 +00003457 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003458 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003459 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3460 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003461 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003462 return sz;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003463}
3464
3465static inline
3466std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3467 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003468}
3469
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003470/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003471/// declaration.
3472void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3473 std::string& S) {
3474 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3475 QualType BlockTy =
3476 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3477 // Encode result type.
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00003478 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003479 // Compute size of all parameters.
3480 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3481 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3482 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003483 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3484 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003485 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003486 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3487 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003488 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003489 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003490 ParmOffset += sz;
3491 }
3492 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003493 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003494 // Block pointer and offset.
3495 S += "@?0";
3496 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3497
3498 // Argument types.
3499 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3500 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3501 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3502 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3503 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3504 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3505 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3506 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3507 // elements.
3508 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3509 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3510 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3511 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3512 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003513 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003514 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003515 }
3516}
3517
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003518/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003519/// declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003520void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003521 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003522 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003523 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003524 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003525 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003526 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003527 // Compute size of all parameters.
3528 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3529 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3530 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003531 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003532 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3533 // their size.
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003534 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003535 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003536 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003537 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003538 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003539 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3540 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003541 ParmOffset += sz;
3542 }
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003543 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003544 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003545 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003546
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003547 // Argument types.
3548 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003549 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003550 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003551 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003552 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003553 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003554 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3555 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3556 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003557 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003558 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3559 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3560 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003561 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003562 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003563 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003564 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003565 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003566 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003567 }
3568}
3569
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003570/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003571/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003572/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3573/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003574/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3575/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3576/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3577/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3578/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003579/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3580/// @code
3581/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3582/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3583/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3584/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3585/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3586/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3587/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3588/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3589/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3590/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3591/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3592/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3593/// };
3594/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003595void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003596 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003597 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003598 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3599 bool Dynamic = false;
3600 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3601
3602 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3603 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003604 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003605 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3606 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003607 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003608 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003609 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3610 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3611 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3612 Dynamic = true;
3613 } else {
3614 SynthesizePID = PID;
3615 }
3616 }
3617 }
3618 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003619 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003620 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003621 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003622 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003623 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3624 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3625 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3626 Dynamic = true;
3627 } else {
3628 SynthesizePID = PID;
3629 }
3630 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003631 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003632 }
3633 }
3634
3635 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3636 S = "T";
3637
3638 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003639 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3640 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003641 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003642 true /* outermost type */,
3643 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003644
3645 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3646 S += ",R";
3647 } else {
3648 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3649 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3650 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003651 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003652 }
3653 }
3654
3655 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3656 // are "dynamic by default".
3657 if (Dynamic)
3658 S += ",D";
3659
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003660 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3661 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003662
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003663 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3664 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003665 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003666 }
3667
3668 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3669 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003670 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003671 }
3672
3673 if (SynthesizePID) {
3674 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3675 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003676 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003677 }
3678
3679 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3680}
3681
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003682/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003683/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3684/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003685/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3686///
3687void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003688 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003689 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003690 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3691 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003692 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003693 else
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003694 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3695 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003696 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3697 }
3698 }
3699}
3700
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003701void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003702 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003703 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3704 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3705 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3706 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003707 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003708 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003709}
3710
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003711static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
3712 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
3713 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
3714 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
3715 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
3716 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3717 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
3718 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
3719 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
3720 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3721 return
3722 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
3723 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
3724 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
3725 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3726 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
3727 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
John McCall24da7092010-06-11 10:11:05 +00003728 case BuiltinType::WChar:
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003729 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
3730 case BuiltinType::Long:
3731 return
3732 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
3733 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
3734 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
3735 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
3736 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar3a0be842010-10-11 21:13:48 +00003737 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003738 }
3739}
3740
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003741static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003742 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003743 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3744 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3745 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003746 S += 'b';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003747 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
3748 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
3749 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
3750 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
3751 //
3752 // struct
3753 // {
3754 // int integer;
3755 // int flags:2;
3756 // };
3757 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
3758 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
3759 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
3760 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
3761 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
3762 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) {
3763 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
3764 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
3765 // FIXME: This same linear search is also used in ExprConstant - it might
3766 // be better if the FieldDecl stored its offset. We'd be increasing the
3767 // size of the object slightly, but saving some time every time it is used.
3768 unsigned i = 0;
3769 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(),
3770 FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
3771 Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++i) {
3772 if (*Field == FD)
3773 break;
3774 }
3775 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(i));
3776 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Context, T);
3777 }
3778 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003779 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3780}
3781
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003782// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003783void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3784 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3785 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003786 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003787 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003788 bool EncodingProperty) {
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003789 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003790 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003791 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
3792 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003793 return;
3794 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003795
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003796 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003797 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003798 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003799 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003800 return;
3801 }
Fariborz Jahanian60bce3e2009-11-23 20:40:50 +00003802
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003803 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
3804 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003805 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003806 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
3807 S += ':';
3808 return;
3809 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003810 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
3811 }
3812 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3813 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
3814 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003815 bool isReadOnly = false;
3816 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3817 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3818 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003819 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003820 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003821 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3822 isReadOnly = true;
3823 S += 'r';
3824 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003825 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003826 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003827 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3828 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003829 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3830 isReadOnly = true;
3831 S += 'r';
3832 }
3833 }
3834 if (isReadOnly) {
3835 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3836 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3837 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00003838 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
3839 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003840 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003841
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003842 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3843 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3844 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003845 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003846 S += '*';
3847 return;
3848 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003849 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003850 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3851 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3852 S += '#';
3853 return;
3854 }
3855 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3856 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3857 S += '@';
3858 return;
3859 }
3860 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003861 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003862 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003863 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3864
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003865 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003866 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003867 return;
3868 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003869
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003870 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3871 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3872 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003873 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3874 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3875 S += '^';
3876
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003877 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003878 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3879 } else {
3880 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003881
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003882 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3883 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3884 else {
3885 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3886 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3887 S += '0';
3888 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003889
3890 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003891 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3892 S += ']';
3893 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003894 return;
3895 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003896
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003897 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003898 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003899 return;
3900 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003901
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003902 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003903 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003904 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003905 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3906 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3907 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00003908 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
3909 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
3910 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
3911 std::string TemplateArgsStr
3912 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003913 TemplateArgs.data(),
3914 TemplateArgs.size(),
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00003915 (*this).PrintingPolicy);
3916
3917 S += TemplateArgsStr;
3918 }
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003919 } else {
3920 S += '?';
3921 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003922 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003923 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003924 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3925 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003926 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003927 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003928 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003929 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003930 S += '"';
3931 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003932
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003933 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003934 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003935 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003936 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003937 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003938 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3939 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003940 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003941 FD);
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003942 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003943 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003944 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003945 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003946 return;
3947 }
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00003948
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003949 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003950 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003951 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003952 else
3953 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003954 return;
3955 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003956
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003957 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003958 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003959 return;
3960 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003961
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003962 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
3963 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
3964 T = OT->getBaseType();
3965
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003966 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003967 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003968 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003969 S += '{';
3970 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3971 S += II->getName();
3972 S += '=';
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00003973 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
3974 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
3975 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
3976 FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
3977 if (Field->isBitField())
3978 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003979 else
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00003980 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003981 }
3982 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003983 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003984 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003985
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003986 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003987 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
3988 S += '@';
3989 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003990 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003991
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003992 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
3993 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
3994 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
3995 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003996 S += '#';
3997 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003998 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003999
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004000 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004001 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004002 ExpandPointedToStructures,
4003 ExpandStructures, FD);
4004 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
4005 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
4006 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004007 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004008 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4009 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004010 S += '<';
4011 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4012 S += '>';
4013 }
4014 S += '"';
4015 }
4016 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004017 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004018
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004019 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
4020 if (!EncodingProperty &&
4021 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
4022 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004023 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004024 // {...};
4025 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004026 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
4027 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004028 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004029 return;
4030 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004031
4032 S += '@';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004033 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004034 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004035 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004036 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4037 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004038 S += '<';
4039 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4040 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004041 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004042 S += '"';
4043 }
4044 return;
4045 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004046
John McCall532ec7b2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00004047 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
4048 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
4049 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
4050 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004051
4052 if (T->isVectorType()) {
4053 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
4054 // insufficient.
4055 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
4056 return;
4057 }
4058
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004059 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004060}
4061
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004062void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004063 std::string& S) const {
4064 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
4065 S += 'n';
4066 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
4067 S += 'N';
4068 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
4069 S += 'o';
4070 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
4071 S += 'O';
4072 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
4073 S += 'R';
4074 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
4075 S += 'V';
4076}
4077
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004078void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004079 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004080
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004081 BuiltinVaListType = T;
4082}
4083
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004084void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004085 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00004086}
4087
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004088void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +00004089 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00004090}
4091
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004092void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004093 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahanian390d50a2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00004094}
4095
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004096void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004097 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00004098}
4099
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004100void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004101 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004102 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004103
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004104 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004105}
4106
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004107/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
4108/// lookup.
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004109TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
4110 UnresolvedSetIterator End) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004111 unsigned size = End - Begin;
4112 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
4113
4114 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
4115 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
4116 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
4117
4118 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004119 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004120 NamedDecl *D = *I;
4121 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4122 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
4123 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4124 *Storage++ = D;
4125 }
4126
4127 return TemplateName(OT);
4128}
4129
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004130/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4131/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004132TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004133 bool TemplateKeyword,
4134 TemplateDecl *Template) {
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004135 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004136 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4137 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4138
4139 void *InsertPos = 0;
4140 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4141 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4142 if (!QTN) {
4143 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4144 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4145 }
4146
4147 return TemplateName(QTN);
4148}
4149
4150/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4151/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004152TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004153 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004154 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004155 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004156
4157 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4158 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
4159
4160 void *InsertPos = 0;
4161 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
4162 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4163
4164 if (QTN)
4165 return TemplateName(QTN);
4166
4167 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4168 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4169 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
4170 } else {
4171 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
4172 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004173 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
4174 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4175 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
4176 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004177 }
4178
4179 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4180 return TemplateName(QTN);
4181}
4182
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004183/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4184/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
4185TemplateName
4186ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4187 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
4188 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
4189 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
4190
4191 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4192 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
4193
4194 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004195 DependentTemplateName *QTN
4196 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004197
4198 if (QTN)
4199 return TemplateName(QTN);
4200
4201 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4202 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4203 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
4204 } else {
4205 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
4206 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004207
4208 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
4209 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4210 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
4211 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004212 }
4213
4214 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4215 return TemplateName(QTN);
4216}
4217
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004218/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00004219/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
4220/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004221CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004222 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004223 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004224 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
4225 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
4226 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
4227 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
4228 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
4229 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
4230 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
4231 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
4232 }
4233
4234 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004235 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004236}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00004237
4238//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4239// Type Predicates.
4240//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4241
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004242/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
4243/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
4244/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004245/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004246///
4247bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
4248 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
4249 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004250 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004251 return true;
4252 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004253 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004254}
4255
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004256/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
4257/// garbage collection attribute.
4258///
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004259Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
4260 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004261 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
4262 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004263 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004264 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004265 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004266 // as __strong.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004267 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian75212ee2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00004268 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004269 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004270 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004271 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004272 }
Fariborz Jahanianc2112182009-04-11 00:00:54 +00004273 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
4274 // set on them.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004275 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004276 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004277 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004278 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004279}
4280
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004281//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4282// Type Compatibility Testing
4283//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00004284
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004285/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004286/// compatible.
4287static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
4288 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004289 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004290 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004291 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004292}
4293
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004294bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
4295 QualType SecondVec) {
4296 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
4297 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
4298
4299 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
4300 return true;
4301
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004302 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
4303 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004304 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4305 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004306 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004307 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004308 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4309 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
4310 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4311 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004312 return true;
4313
4314 return false;
4315}
4316
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004317//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4318// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
4319//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4320
4321/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
4322/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004323bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
4324 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004325 if (lProto == rProto)
4326 return true;
4327 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
4328 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
4329 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
4330 return true;
4331 return false;
4332}
4333
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004334/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
4335/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
4336/// otherwise.
4337bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4338 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4339 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
4340 return false;
4341}
4342
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004343/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
4344/// Class<p1, ...>.
4345bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
4346 QualType rhs) {
4347 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4348 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4349 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
4350
4351 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4352 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4353 bool match = false;
4354 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4355 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4356 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4357 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4358 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
4359 match = true;
4360 break;
4361 }
4362 }
4363 if (!match)
4364 return false;
4365 }
4366 return true;
4367}
4368
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004369/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
4370/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
4371bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4372 bool compare) {
4373 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004374 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004375 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
4376 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004377 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004378 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
4379 return true;
4380
4381 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004382 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004383
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004384 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004385
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004386 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004387 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004388 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4389 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4390 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4391 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4392 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4393 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4394 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004395 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004396 return false;
4397 }
4398 }
4399 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
4400 return true;
4401 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004402 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004403 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4404 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4405 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4406 bool match = false;
4407
4408 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4409 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4410 // through its super class and categories.
4411 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4412 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4413 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4414 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4415 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4416 match = true;
4417 break;
4418 }
4419 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004420 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004421 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4422 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4423 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4424 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4425 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4426 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4427 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004428 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004429 match = true;
4430 break;
4431 }
4432 }
4433 }
4434 if (!match)
4435 return false;
4436 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004437
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004438 return true;
4439 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004440
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004441 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4442 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4443
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004444 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004445 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004446 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004447 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4448 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4449 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4450 bool match = false;
4451
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004452 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004453 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4454 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004455 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
4456 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004457 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4458 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4459 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4460 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4461 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4462 match = true;
4463 break;
4464 }
4465 }
4466 if (!match)
4467 return false;
4468 }
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004469
4470 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
4471 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
4472 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4473 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
4474 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
4475 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
4476 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
4477 // assume that it is mismatch.
4478 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
4479 return false;
4480 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4481 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4482 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4483 bool match = false;
4484 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
4485 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4486 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4487 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4488 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4489 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4490 match = true;
4491 break;
4492 }
4493 }
4494 if (!match)
4495 return false;
4496 }
4497 }
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004498 return true;
4499 }
4500 return false;
4501}
4502
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004503/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004504/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4505/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4506///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004507bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4508 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004509 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4510 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4511
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004512 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004513 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
4514 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004515 return true;
4516
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004517 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004518 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4519 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004520 false);
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004521
4522 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
4523 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4524 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
4525
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004526 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
4527 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004528 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004529
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004530 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004531}
4532
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004533/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
4534/// for providing type-safty for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
4535/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
4536/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
4537/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
4538bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4539 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4540 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004541 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004542 return true;
4543
4544 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4545 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
4546 }
4547
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004548 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004549 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4550 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
4551 false);
4552
4553 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4554 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4555 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
4556 if (LHS != RHS) {
4557 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4558 return false;
4559 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
4560 return true;
4561 }
4562 else
4563 return true;
4564 }
4565 return false;
4566}
4567
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004568/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4569/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4570/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4571/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4572static
4573void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4574 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4575 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4576 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4577
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004578 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4579 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4580 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
4581 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004582
4583 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4584 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4585 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4586 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4587 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004588 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004589 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
4590 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004591 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4592 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4593 }
4594
4595 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4596 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohmancb421fa2010-04-19 16:39:44 +00004597 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
4598 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004599 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4600 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4601 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4602 }
4603 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004604 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004605 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
4606 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004607 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4608 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4609 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
4610 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
4611 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004612 }
4613}
4614
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004615/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4616/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4617/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4618/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4619QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004620 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
4621 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
4622 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
4623 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
4624 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
4625 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
4626 if (!LDecl || !RDecl)
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004627 return QualType();
4628
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004629 while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())) {
4630 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004631 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004632 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
4633 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
4634
4635 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
4636 if (!Protocols.empty())
4637 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
4638 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
4639 return Result;
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004640 }
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004641 }
4642
4643 return QualType();
4644}
4645
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004646bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
4647 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
4648 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
4649 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
4650
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004651 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4652 // the LHS.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004653 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004654 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004655
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004656 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4657 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004658 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004659 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004660
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004661 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4662 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004663 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004664 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004665
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004666 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4667 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004668 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4669 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4670
4671 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4672 // are incompatible.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004673 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
4674 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004675 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4676 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004677 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004678 break;
4679 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004680 }
4681 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4682 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4683 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004684 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004685 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4686 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004687}
4688
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004689bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4690 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004691 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4692 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004693
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004694 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004695 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004696
4697 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4698 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004699}
4700
Douglas Gregor569c3162010-08-07 11:51:51 +00004701bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
4702 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
4703 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4704 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
4705}
4706
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004707/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004708/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004709/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004710/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004711bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
4712 bool CompareUnqualified) {
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004713 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4714 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
4715
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004716 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004717}
4718
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004719bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4720 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
4721}
4722
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00004723/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
4724/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
4725/// QualType()
4726QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
4727 bool OfBlockPointer,
4728 bool Unqualified) {
4729 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
4730 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4731 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
4732 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4733 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbournef91d7572010-12-02 21:00:06 +00004734 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00004735 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
4736 if (!MT.isNull())
4737 return MT;
4738 }
4739 }
4740 }
4741
4742 return QualType();
4743}
4744
4745/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
4746/// argument types
4747QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4748 bool OfBlockPointer,
4749 bool Unqualified) {
4750 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
4751 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
4752 // type is compatible with a union member
4753 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
4754 Unqualified);
4755 if (!lmerge.isNull())
4756 return lmerge;
4757
4758 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
4759 Unqualified);
4760 if (!rmerge.isNull())
4761 return rmerge;
4762
4763 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
4764}
4765
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004766QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004767 bool OfBlockPointer,
4768 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004769 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4770 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004771 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4772 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004773 bool allLTypes = true;
4774 bool allRTypes = true;
4775
4776 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004777 QualType retType;
4778 if (OfBlockPointer)
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004779 retType = mergeTypes(rbase->getResultType(), lbase->getResultType(), true,
4780 Unqualified);
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004781 else
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004782 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(),
4783 false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004784 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004785
4786 if (Unqualified)
4787 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
4788
4789 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
4790 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
4791 if (Unqualified) {
4792 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4793 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4794 }
4795
4796 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004797 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004798 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004799 allRTypes = false;
Daniel Dunbar6a15c852010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004800 // FIXME: double check this
4801 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4802 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4803 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004804 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
4805 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
Daniel Dunbar6a15c852010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004806 unsigned RegParm = lbaseInfo.getRegParm() == 0 ? rbaseInfo.getRegParm() :
4807 lbaseInfo.getRegParm();
4808 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
4809 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4810 RegParm != lbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4811 allLTypes = false;
4812 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4813 RegParm != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4814 allRTypes = false;
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004815 CallingConv lcc = lbaseInfo.getCC();
4816 CallingConv rcc = rbaseInfo.getCC();
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004817 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00004818 if (!isSameCallConv(lcc, rcc))
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004819 return QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004820
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004821 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004822 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4823 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004824 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4825 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4826
4827 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4828 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4829 return QualType();
4830
4831 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4832 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4833 return QualType();
4834
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004835 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4836 return QualType();
4837
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004838 // Check argument compatibility
4839 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4840 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4841 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4842 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00004843 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
4844 OfBlockPointer,
4845 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004846 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004847
4848 if (Unqualified)
4849 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4850
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004851 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004852 if (Unqualified) {
4853 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4854 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4855 }
4856
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004857 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4858 allLTypes = false;
4859 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4860 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004861 }
4862 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4863 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4864 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(),
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004865 lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004866 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004867 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004868 }
4869
4870 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4871 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4872
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004873 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004874 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004875 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004876 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4877 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4878 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4879 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4880 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4881 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4882 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4883 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4884 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregorb0f8eac2010-02-03 19:27:29 +00004885
4886 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
4887 // to pass enum values.
4888 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4889 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
4890
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004891 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4892 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4893 return QualType();
4894 }
4895
4896 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4897 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4898 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
Mike Stump2d3c1912009-07-27 00:44:23 +00004899 proto->getNumArgs(), proto->isVariadic(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004900 proto->getTypeQuals(),
4901 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004902 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004903 }
4904
4905 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4906 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004907 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc);
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004908 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, Info);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004909}
4910
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004911QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004912 bool OfBlockPointer,
4913 bool Unqualified) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004914 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4915 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4916 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004917 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4918 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004919 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
4920 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004921
4922 if (Unqualified) {
4923 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4924 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4925 }
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004926
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004927 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4928 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4929
4930 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4931 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4932 return LHS;
4933
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004934 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004935 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4936 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004937 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4938 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4939 // mismatch.
4940 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4941 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4942 return QualType();
4943
4944 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4945 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4946 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4947 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4948 // qualified __strong.
4949 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4950 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4951 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4952
4953 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4954 return QualType();
4955
4956 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4957 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4958 }
4959 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4960 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4961 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004962 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004963 }
4964
4965 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004966
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00004967 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
4968 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004969
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004970 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
4971 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
4972 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
4973 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00004974
4975 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004976 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4977 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
4978 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4979 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004980
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004981 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
4982 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
4983 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
4984
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00004985 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
4986 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
4987 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004988
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004989 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004990 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004991 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004992 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004993 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
4994 // type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004995 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004996 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4997 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004998 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004999 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005000 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5001 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005002 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005003
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005004 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005005 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005006
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00005007 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005008 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005009#define TYPE(Class, Base)
5010#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallad5e7382010-03-01 23:49:17 +00005011#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005012#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5013#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5014#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
5015 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
5016 return QualType();
5017
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005018 case Type::LValueReference:
5019 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005020 case Type::MemberPointer:
5021 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
5022 return QualType();
5023
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005024 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005025 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5026 case Type::VariableArray:
5027 case Type::FunctionProto:
5028 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005029 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
5030 return QualType();
5031
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005032 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005033 {
5034 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005035 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5036 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005037 if (Unqualified) {
5038 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5039 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5040 }
5041 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
5042 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005043 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005044 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005045 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005046 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005047 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005048 return getPointerType(ResultType);
5049 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005050 case Type::BlockPointer:
5051 {
5052 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005053 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5054 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005055 if (Unqualified) {
5056 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5057 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5058 }
5059 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
5060 Unqualified);
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005061 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
5062 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5063 return LHS;
5064 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5065 return RHS;
5066 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
5067 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005068 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005069 {
5070 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
5071 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
5072 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
5073 return QualType();
5074
5075 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
5076 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005077 if (Unqualified) {
5078 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5079 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5080 }
5081
5082 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005083 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005084 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5085 return LHS;
5086 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5087 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005088 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
5089 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
5090 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
5091 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005092 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
5093 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005094 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5095 return LHS;
5096 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5097 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005098 if (LVAT) {
5099 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5100 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
5101 // has to be different.
5102 return LHS;
5103 }
5104 if (RVAT) {
5105 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5106 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
5107 // has to be different.
5108 return RHS;
5109 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005110 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
5111 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00005112 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
5113 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005114 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005115 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005116 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005117 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005118 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005119 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005120 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005121 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005122 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00005123 case Type::Complex:
5124 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
5125 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005126 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005127 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall1c471f32010-03-12 23:14:13 +00005128 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
5129 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005130 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005131 return QualType();
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005132 case Type::ObjCObject: {
5133 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005134 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
5135 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005136 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5137 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5138 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00005139 return LHS;
5140
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005141 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00005142 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005143 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005144 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5145 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5146 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5147 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
5148 return LHS;
5149 return QualType();
5150 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005151 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5152 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005153 return LHS;
5154
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00005155 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005156 }
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005157 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005158
5159 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005160}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00005161
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005162/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
5163/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
5164/// return types.
5165QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5166 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5167 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5168 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5169 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5170 return LHS;
5171 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
5172 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
5173 return QualType();
5174 QualType OldReturnType =
5175 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5176 QualType NewReturnType =
5177 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5178 QualType ResReturnType =
5179 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
5180 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
5181 return QualType();
5182 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
5183 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
5184 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
5185 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
5186 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
5187 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
5188 QualType ResultType
5189 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5190 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
5191 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
5192 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
5193 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
5194 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
5195 FPT->exception_begin(),
5196 Info);
5197 return ResultType;
5198 }
5199 }
5200 return QualType();
5201 }
5202
5203 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
5204 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5205 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5206 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5207 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
5208 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5209 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5210 return QualType();
5211
5212 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5213 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5214 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5215 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5216 // qualified __strong.
5217 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5218 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5219 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5220
5221 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5222 return QualType();
5223
5224 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
5225 return LHS;
5226 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
5227 return RHS;
5228 return QualType();
5229 }
5230
5231 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5232 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5233 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5234 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
5235 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
5236 return LHS;
5237 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
5238 return RHS;
5239 }
5240 return QualType();
5241}
5242
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00005243//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005244// Integer Predicates
5245//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00005246
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005247unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005248 if (EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedman29a7f332009-12-10 22:29:29 +00005249 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor1274ccd2010-10-08 23:50:27 +00005250 if (T->isBooleanType())
5251 return 1;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00005252 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005253 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
5254}
5255
5256QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005257 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005258
5259 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
5260 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
5261 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005262 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005263
5264 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
5265 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005266 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005267
5268 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5269 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005270 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
5271 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
5272 case BuiltinType::SChar:
5273 return UnsignedCharTy;
5274 case BuiltinType::Short:
5275 return UnsignedShortTy;
5276 case BuiltinType::Int:
5277 return UnsignedIntTy;
5278 case BuiltinType::Long:
5279 return UnsignedLongTy;
5280 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
5281 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00005282 case BuiltinType::Int128:
5283 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005284 default:
5285 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
5286 return QualType();
5287 }
5288}
5289
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +00005290ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
5291
5292void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005293
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b903402010-10-24 17:26:36 +00005294ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
5295
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005296
5297//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5298// Builtin Type Computation
5299//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5300
5301/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005302/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
5303/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
5304/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
5305/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005306///
5307/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
5308/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005309static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005310 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005311 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005312 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005313 // Modifiers.
5314 int HowLong = 0;
5315 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005316 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005317
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005318 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005319 bool Done = false;
5320 while (!Done) {
5321 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005322 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005323 case 'I':
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005324 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005325 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005326 case 'S':
5327 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5328 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5329 Signed = true;
5330 break;
5331 case 'U':
5332 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5333 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5334 Unsigned = true;
5335 break;
5336 case 'L':
5337 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
5338 ++HowLong;
5339 break;
5340 }
5341 }
5342
5343 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005344
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005345 // Read the base type.
5346 switch (*Str++) {
5347 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
5348 case 'v':
5349 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5350 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
5351 Type = Context.VoidTy;
5352 break;
5353 case 'f':
5354 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5355 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
5356 Type = Context.FloatTy;
5357 break;
5358 case 'd':
5359 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5360 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
5361 if (HowLong)
5362 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
5363 else
5364 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
5365 break;
5366 case 's':
5367 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
5368 if (Unsigned)
5369 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5370 else
5371 Type = Context.ShortTy;
5372 break;
5373 case 'i':
5374 if (HowLong == 3)
5375 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
5376 else if (HowLong == 2)
5377 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
5378 else if (HowLong == 1)
5379 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
5380 else
5381 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
5382 break;
5383 case 'c':
5384 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
5385 if (Signed)
5386 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
5387 else if (Unsigned)
5388 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
5389 else
5390 Type = Context.CharTy;
5391 break;
5392 case 'b': // boolean
5393 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
5394 Type = Context.BoolTy;
5395 break;
5396 case 'z': // size_t.
5397 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
5398 Type = Context.getSizeType();
5399 break;
5400 case 'F':
5401 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
5402 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8bda02010-11-09 21:38:20 +00005403 case 'G':
5404 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
5405 break;
5406 case 'H':
5407 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
5408 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005409 case 'a':
5410 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5411 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
5412 break;
5413 case 'A':
5414 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
5415 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
5416 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
5417 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
5418 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
5419 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
5420 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
5421 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
5422 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5423 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005424 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005425 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005426 else
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005427 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005428 break;
5429 case 'V': {
5430 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005431 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5432 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005433 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005434
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005435 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
5436 RequiresICE, false);
5437 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005438
5439 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00005440 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005441 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005442 break;
5443 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005444 case 'X': {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005445 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
5446 false);
5447 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005448 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
5449 break;
5450 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005451 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00005452 Type = Context.getFILEType();
5453 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005454 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005455 return QualType();
5456 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005457 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005458 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005459 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005460 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005461 else
5462 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
5463
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005464 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005465 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005466 return QualType();
5467 }
5468 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005469 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005470
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005471 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
5472 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005473 while (!Done) {
John McCall187ab372010-03-12 04:21:28 +00005474 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005475 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
5476 case '*':
5477 case '&': {
5478 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
5479 // qualified with an address space.
5480 char *End;
5481 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5482 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
5483 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
5484 Str = End;
5485 }
5486 if (c == '*')
5487 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
5488 else
5489 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
5490 break;
5491 }
5492 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
5493 case 'C':
5494 Type = Type.withConst();
5495 break;
5496 case 'D':
5497 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
5498 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005499 }
5500 }
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005501
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005502 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005503 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005504
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005505 return Type;
5506}
5507
5508/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005509QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005510 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
5511 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005512 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005513
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005514 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005515
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005516 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005517 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005518 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
5519 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005520 if (Error != GE_None)
5521 return QualType();
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005522
5523 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
5524
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005525 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005526 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005527 if (Error != GE_None)
5528 return QualType();
5529
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005530 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
5531 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
5532 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
5533 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
5534
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005535 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
5536 if (Ty->isArrayType())
5537 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005538
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005539 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
5540 }
5541
5542 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
5543 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
5544
5545 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
5546 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
5547 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005548
5549 // FIXME: Should we create noreturn types?
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005550 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005551 TypeStr[0] == '.', 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00005552 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005553}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005554
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005555GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5556 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5557
5558 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
5559 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5560 FD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5561 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5562
5563 switch (L) {
5564 case NoLinkage:
5565 case InternalLinkage:
5566 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5567 return GVA_Internal;
5568
5569 case ExternalLinkage:
5570 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
5571 case TSK_Undeclared:
5572 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5573 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5574 break;
5575
5576 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5577 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5578
5579 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5580 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5581 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5582 break;
5583 }
5584 }
5585
5586 if (!FD->isInlined())
5587 return External;
5588
5589 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
5590 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
5591 // externally visible.
5592 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
5593 return External;
5594
5595 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
5596 return GVA_C99Inline;
5597 }
5598
5599 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
5600 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
5601 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
5602 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
5603 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
5604 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
5605 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
5606 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
5607 return GVA_C99Inline;
5608
5609 return GVA_CXXInline;
5610}
5611
5612GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
5613 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
5614 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
5615 // template.
5616 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
5617 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
5618 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
5619
5620 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
5621 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5622 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5623 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5624
5625 switch (L) {
5626 case NoLinkage:
5627 case InternalLinkage:
5628 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5629 return GVA_Internal;
5630
5631 case ExternalLinkage:
5632 switch (TSK) {
5633 case TSK_Undeclared:
5634 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5635 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5636
5637 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5638 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
5639 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
5640
5641 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5642 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5643
5644 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5645 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5646 }
5647 }
5648
5649 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5650}
5651
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4ac7c0b2010-07-29 20:08:05 +00005652bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005653 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5654 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
5655 return false;
5656 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
5657 return false;
5658
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005659 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
5660 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
5661 return false;
5662
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005663 // Aliases and used decls are required.
5664 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
5665 return true;
5666
5667 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5668 // Forward declarations aren't required.
5669 if (!FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
5670 return false;
5671
5672 // Constructors and destructors are required.
5673 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
5674 return true;
5675
5676 // The key function for a class is required.
5677 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
5678 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
5679 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
5680 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
5681 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
5682 return true;
5683 }
5684 }
5685
5686 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
5687
5688 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
5689 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
5690 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
5691 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
5692 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
5693 return false;
5694 return true;
5695 }
5696
5697 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
5698 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
5699
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005700 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
5701 return false;
5702
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005703 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
5704
5705 // FIXME: Handle references.
5706 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5707 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisbbc64542010-08-15 01:15:20 +00005708 if (RD->hasDefinition() &&
5709 (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005710 return true;
5711 }
5712 }
5713
5714 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
5715 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
5716 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
5717 return false;
5718 }
5719
5720 return true;
5721}
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00005722
Charles Davisee743f92010-11-09 18:04:24 +00005723CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultMethodCallConv() {
5724 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
5725 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv();
5726}
5727
Anders Carlssondae0cb52010-11-25 01:51:53 +00005728bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
5729 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
5730 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
5731}
5732
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00005733CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}